Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<ui version="4.0">
<class>configuration_dialog</class>
<widget class="QDialog" name="configuration_dialog">
2017-07-10 18:27:47 +00:00
<property name="geometry">
<rect>
<x>0</x>
<y>0</y>
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
<width>521</width>
2017-07-10 18:27:47 +00:00
<height>507</height>
</rect>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<property name="windowTitle">
2014-07-25 19:34:48 +00:00
<string>Settings</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_2">
<item>
<widget class="QTabWidget" name="configuration_tabs">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Select tab to change configuration parameters.</string>
</property>
<property name="currentIndex">
2016-09-09 18:46:10 +00:00
<number>0</number>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<widget class="QWidget" name="general_tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Genera&l</string>
</attribute>
<attribute name="toolTip">
<string>General station details and settings.</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_4">
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="station_group_box">
<property name="title">
<string>Station Details</string>
</property>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_12">
<item>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_14">
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
<item>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_3">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="callsign_label">
<property name="text">
<string>My C&all:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>callsign_line_edit</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="callsign_line_edit">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Station callsign.</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
</item>
<item>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_12">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="grid_label">
<property name="text">
<string>M&y Grid:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>grid_line_edit</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="grid_line_edit">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Maidenhead locator (only the first four characters are required).</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
</item>
<item>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_2">
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="region_combo_box"/>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_12">
<property name="text">
<string>IARU Region:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>region_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
</item>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
</layout>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</item>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
<item>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_13">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_5">
<property name="text">
<string>Message generation for type 2 compound callsign holders:</string>
</property>
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignTrailing|Qt::AlignVCenter</set>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>type_2_msg_gen_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="type_2_msg_gen_combo_box">
<property name="enabled">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>Type 2 compound callsigns are those with prefixes or suffixes not included in the allowed shortlist (See Help-&gt;Add-on prefixes and suffixes).</p><p>This option determines which generated messages should contain your full type 2 compound call sign rather than your base callsign. It only applies if you have a type 2 compound callsign.</p><p>This option controls the way the messages that are used to answer CQ calls are generated. Generated messages 6 (CQ) and 5 (73) will always contain your full callsign. The JT65 and JT9 protocols allow for some standard messages with your full call at the expense of another piece of information such as the DX call or your locator.</p><p>Choosing message 1 omits the DX callsign which may be an issue when replying to CQ calls. Choosing message 3 also omits the DX callsign and many versions of this and other software will not extract the report. Choosing neither means that your full callsign only goes in your message 5 (73) so your QSO partner may log the wrong callsign.</p><p>None of these options are perfect, message 3 is usually best but be aware your QSO partner may not log the report you send them.</p></body></html></string>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
</property>
<property name="currentIndex">
<number>1</number>
</property>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Full call in Tx1</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Full call in Tx3</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Full call in Tx5 only</string>
</property>
</item>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="Line" name="line_5">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="display_group_box">
<property name="title">
<string>Display</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_4">
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="insert_blank_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Include a separator line between periods in the band activity window.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>&Blank line between decoding periods</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="DXCC_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Show if decoded stations are new DXCC entities or worked before.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Show &DXCC entity and worked before status</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>false</bool>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
<item row="0" column="1">
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer_2">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
</spacer>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="miles_check_box">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<property name="toolTip">
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
<string>Show distance to DX station in miles rather than kilometers.</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="text">
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
<string>Display dista&nce in miles</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="TX_messages_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Show outgoing transmitted messages in the Rx frequency window.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>&Tx messages to Rx frequency window</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2" rowspan="4">
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_6">
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="font_push_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Set the font characteristics for the application.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
2014-07-24 16:58:58 +00:00
<string>Font...</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="decoded_text_font_push_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Set the font characteristics for the Band Activity and Rx Frequency areas.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
2014-07-24 16:58:58 +00:00
<string>Decoded Text Font...</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="verticalSpacer">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="Line" name="line_7">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="behaviour_group_box">
<property name="title">
2014-07-23 17:16:35 +00:00
<string>Behavior</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_8">
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
<item row="4" column="1">
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_12">
<item>
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer_7">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_10">
<property name="text">
<string>Tx watchdog:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>tx_watchdog_spin_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="tx_watchdog_spin_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>Number of minutes before unattended transmissions are aborted</p></body></html></string>
</property>
<property name="specialValueText">
<string>Disabled</string>
</property>
<property name="suffix">
<string> minutes</string>
</property>
<property name="prefix">
<string/>
</property>
<property name="value">
<number>6</number>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
2016-03-10 15:13:06 +00:00
</item>
2015-02-27 18:59:08 +00:00
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="monitor_off_check_box">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<property name="toolTip">
2015-02-27 18:59:08 +00:00
<string>Don't start decoding until the monitor button is clicked.</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="text">
2015-02-27 18:59:08 +00:00
<string>Mon&itor off at startup</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>false</bool>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="enable_VHF_features_check_box">
<property name="text">
<string>Enable VHF/UHF/Microwave features</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
<item row="3" column="1">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="decode_at_52s_check_box">
<property name="text">
2016-12-16 16:25:07 +00:00
<string>Decode after EME delay</string>
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
<item row="2" column="1">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="single_decode_check_box">
<property name="text">
<string>Single decode</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="tx_QSY_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>Some rigs are not able to process CAT commands while transmitting. This means that if you are operating in split mode you may have to uncheck this option.</p></body></html></string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Allow Tx frequency changes while transmitting</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
<item row="6" column="0" colspan="2">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_9">
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="CW_id_after_73_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Send a CW ID after every 73 or free text message.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>CW ID a&fter 73</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</spacer>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="label">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Periodic CW ID Inter&val:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>CW_id_interval_spin_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="CW_id_interval_spin_box">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Minimum" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Send a CW ID periodically every few minutes.
This might be required under your countries licence regulations.
It will not interfere with other users as it is always sent in the
quiet period when decoding is done.</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="monitor_last_used_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>Check this if you wish to automatically return to the last monitored frequency when monitor is enabled, leave it unchecked if you wish to have the current rig frequency maintained.</p></body></html></string>
</property>
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
<property name="text">
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
<string>Monitor returns to last used frequency</string>
2015-04-22 17:48:03 +00:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="quick_call_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Automatic transmission mode.</string>
</property>
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
<property name="text">
2016-07-01 11:36:59 +00:00
<string>Doubl&e-click on call sets Tx enable</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="disable_TX_on_73_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Turns off automatic transmissions after sending a 73 or any other free
text message.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Di&sable Tx after sending 73</string>
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
<item>
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_11">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
2017-07-10 18:27:47 +00:00
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="radio_tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>&Radio</string>
</attribute>
<attribute name="toolTip">
<string>Radio interface configuration settings.</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_3">
<item row="1" column="0" rowspan="11">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="CAT_control_group_box">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Settings that control your CAT interface.</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>CAT Control</string>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_3">
<item>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout">
2015-02-16 22:39:39 +00:00
<property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
<enum>QFormLayout::ExpandingFieldsGrow</enum>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="CAT_port_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Port:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>CAT_port_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="CAT_port_combo_box">
2015-02-16 22:08:54 +00:00
<property name="sizePolicy">
2015-02-16 22:56:13 +00:00
<sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Fixed">
2015-02-16 22:08:54 +00:00
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Serial port used for CAT control.</string>
</property>
<property name="editable">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
2015-11-22 19:17:06 +00:00
<property name="currentText">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<string/>
</property>
<property name="insertPolicy">
<enum>QComboBox::NoInsert</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="CAT_serial_port_parameters_group_box">
2015-02-16 22:56:13 +00:00
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="MinimumExpanding">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<property name="title">
<string>Serial Port Parameters</string>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout">
<item>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_5">
2015-02-16 22:39:39 +00:00
<property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
<enum>QFormLayout::ExpandingFieldsGrow</enum>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="CAT_baud_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Baud Rate:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>CAT_serial_baud_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="CAT_serial_baud_combo_box">
2015-02-16 22:56:13 +00:00
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Serial port data rate which must match the setting of your radio.</string>
</property>
<property name="currentIndex">
2015-04-07 16:23:14 +00:00
<number>0</number>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>1200</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>2400</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>4800</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>9600</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>19200</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>38400</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>57600</string>
</property>
</item>
2015-04-07 16:23:14 +00:00
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>115200</string>
</property>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="CAT_data_bits_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
2015-03-26 22:34:59 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>Number of data bits used to communicate with your radio's CAT interface (usually eight).</p></body></html></string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Data Bits</string>
</property>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_4">
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_7_bit_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>Se&ven</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_data_bits_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_8_bit_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>E&ight</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_data_bits_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="CAT_stop_bits_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
2015-03-26 22:34:59 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>Number of stop bits used when communicating with your radio's CAT interface</p><p>(consult you radio's manual for details).</p></body></html></string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Stop Bits</string>
</property>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_2">
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_one_stop_bit_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>On&e</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_stop_bits_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_two_stop_bit_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>T&wo</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_stop_bits_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="CAT_handshake_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
2015-03-26 22:34:59 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>Flow control protocol used between this computer and your radio's CAT interface (usually &quot;None&quot; but some require &quot;Hardware&quot;).</p></body></html></string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Handshake</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_11">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_handshake_none_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>&None</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_handshake_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_handshake_xon_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Software flow control (very rare on CAT interfaces).</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>XON/XOFF</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_handshake_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="CAT_handshake_hardware_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Flow control using the RTS and CTS RS-232 control lines
not often used but some radios have it as an option and
a few, particularly some Kenwood rigs, require it).</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>&Hardware</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">CAT_handshake_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="CAT_control_lines_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Special control of CAT port control lines.</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Force Control Lines</string>
</property>
2015-04-14 10:54:14 +00:00
<property name="checked">
<bool>false</bool>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_8">
<item>
2015-09-09 12:16:22 +00:00
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_8">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="force_DTR_label">
<property name="text">
<string>DTR:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>force_DTR_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="force_DTR_combo_box">
<item>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>High</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Low</string>
</property>
</item>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</item>
<item>
2015-09-09 12:16:22 +00:00
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_9">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="force_RTS_label">
<property name="text">
<string>RTS:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>force_RTS_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="force_RTS_combo_box">
<item>
<property name="text">
<string/>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>High</string>
</property>
</item>
<item>
<property name="text">
<string>Low</string>
</property>
</item>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="6" column="2">
<widget class="Line" name="line_6">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1" rowspan="12">
<widget class="Line" name="line">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="2">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="PTT_method_group_box">
2015-02-16 22:08:54 +00:00
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<property name="toolTip">
<string>How this program activates the PTT on your radio</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>PTT Method</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_2">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="PTT_VOX_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
2015-03-26 22:34:59 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>No PTT activation, instead the radio's automatic VOX is used to key the transmitter.</p><p>Use this if you have no radio interface hardware.</p></body></html></string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>VO&X</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">PTT_method_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="PTT_DTR_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
2016-04-06 17:11:41 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>Use the RS-232 DTR control line to toggle your radio's PTT, requires hardware to inteface the line.</p><p>Some commercial interface units also use this method.</p><p>The DTR control line of the CAT serial port may be used for this or a DTR control line on a different serial port may be used.</p></body></html></string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>&DTR</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">PTT_method_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="PTT_CAT_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Some radios support PTT via CAT commands,
use this option if your radio supports it and you have no
other hardware interface for PTT.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>C&AT</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">PTT_method_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="PTT_RTS_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
2016-04-06 17:11:41 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>Use the RS-232 RTS control line to toggle your radio's PTT, requires hardware to inteface the line.</p><p>Some commercial interface units also use this method.</p><p>The RTS control line of the CAT serial port may be used for this or a RTS control line on a different serial port may be used. Note that this option is not available on the CAT serial port when hardware flow control is used.</p></body></html></string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>R&TS</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">PTT_method_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0" rowspan="2" colspan="2">
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_4">
2015-02-16 22:39:39 +00:00
<property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
<enum>QFormLayout::ExpandingFieldsGrow</enum>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="PTT_port_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Port:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>PTT_port_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="PTT_port_combo_box">
<property name="sizePolicy">
2015-02-16 22:56:13 +00:00
<sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Fixed">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
2016-04-06 17:11:41 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>Select the RS-232 serial port utilised for PTT control, this option is available when DTR or RTS is selected above as a transmit method.</p><p>This port can be the same one as the one used for CAT control.</p><p>For some interface types the special value CAT may be chosen, this is used for non-serial CAT interfaces that can control serial port control lines remotely (OmniRig for example).</p></body></html></string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="editable">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
2015-11-22 19:17:06 +00:00
<property name="currentText">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<string/>
</property>
<property name="currentIndex">
<number>-1</number>
</property>
<property name="insertPolicy">
<enum>QComboBox::NoInsert</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="5" column="2">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="mode_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Modulation mode selected on radio.</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Mode</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_10">
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="mode_USB_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
2015-03-26 22:34:59 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>USB is usually the correct modulation mode,</p><p>unless the radio has a special data or packet mode setting</p><p>for AFSK operation.</p></body></html></string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>US&B</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">TX_mode_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="mode_none_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Don't allow the program to set the radio mode
(not recommended but use if the wrong mode
or bandwidth is selected).</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>None</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">TX_mode_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="mode_data_radio_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>If this is availabe then it is usually the correct mode for this program.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Data/P&kt</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">TX_mode_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="2">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="TX_audio_source_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Some radios can select the audio input using a CAT command,
this setting allows you to select which audio input will be used
(if it is available then generally the Rear/Data option is best).</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Transmit Audio Source</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_7">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="TX_source_data_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>Rear&/Data</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">TX_audio_source_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="TX_source_mic_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>&Front/Mic</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">TX_audio_source_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="9" column="2">
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_2">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
2017-07-10 18:27:47 +00:00
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item row="2" column="2">
<widget class="Line" name="line_3">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="11" column="2">
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_7">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
2017-07-10 18:27:47 +00:00
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0" colspan="3">
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_7">
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="rig_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Rig:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>rig_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QComboBox" name="rig_combo_box">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="CAT_poll_interval_label">
<property name="text">
2014-07-25 19:34:48 +00:00
<string>Poll Interval:</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>CAT_poll_interval_spin_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="CAT_poll_interval_spin_box">
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
<property name="toolTip">
2016-04-23 23:40:05 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>Interval to poll rig for status. Longer intervals will mean that changes to the rig will take longer to be detected.</p></body></html></string>
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
</property>
2014-07-25 19:34:48 +00:00
<property name="suffix">
<string> s</string>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<property name="minimum">
<number>1</number>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="4" column="2">
<widget class="Line" name="line_4">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="10" column="2">
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_11">
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="test_CAT_push_button">
<property name="toolTip">
2016-04-28 23:43:40 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>Attempt to connect to the radio with these settings.</p><p>The button will turn green if the connection is successful or red if there is a problem.</p></body></html></string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Test CAT</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer_3">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeType">
<enum>QSizePolicy::Preferred</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>40</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="test_PTT_push_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Attempt to activate the transmitter.
Click again to deactivate. Normally no power should be
output since there is no audio being generated at this time.
Check that any Tx indication on your radio and/or your
radio interface behave as expected.</string>
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QPushButton:checked {
background-color: red;
border-style : outset;
border-width: 1px;
border-radius: 5px;
border-color: black;
min-width: 5em;
padding: 3px;
}</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Test PTT</string>
</property>
2015-04-26 16:41:12 +00:00
<property name="checkable">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="8" column="2">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="split_operation_group_box">
<property name="title">
<string>Split Operation</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_12">
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
<item row="0" column="2">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="split_emulate_radio_button">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<property name="text">
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
<string>Fake It</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">split_mode_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="split_rig_radio_button">
<property name="text">
<string>Rig</string>
</property>
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">split_mode_button_group</string>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QRadioButton" name="split_none_radio_button">
2016-01-06 17:24:17 +00:00
<property name="text">
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
<string>None</string>
2016-01-06 17:24:17 +00:00
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
<attribute name="buttonGroup">
<string notr="true">split_mode_button_group</string>
</attribute>
2016-01-06 17:24:17 +00:00
</widget>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
2015-02-16 22:56:13 +00:00
<item row="12" column="0">
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_5">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
2017-07-10 18:27:47 +00:00
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
2015-02-16 22:56:13 +00:00
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="audio_tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>A&udio</string>
</attribute>
<attribute name="toolTip">
<string>Audio interface settings</string>
</attribute>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_9">
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
<item>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="soundcard_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Souncard</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Soundcard</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_6">
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="sound_output_combo_box">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Select the audio CODEC to use for transmitting.
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
If this is your default device for system sounds then
ensure that all system sounds are disabled otherwise
you will broadcast any systems sounds generated during
transmitting periods.</string>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="sound_input_combo_box">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Select the audio CODEC to use for receiving.</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="sound_input_label">
<property name="text">
<string>&Input:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>sound_input_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="2">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="sound_input_channel_combo_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Select the channel to use for receiving.</string>
</property>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
<item>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
<property name="text">
<string>Mono</string>
</property>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
</item>
<item>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
<property name="text">
<string>Left</string>
</property>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
</item>
<item>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
<property name="text">
<string>Right</string>
</property>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
</item>
<item>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
<property name="text">
<string>Both</string>
</property>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
</item>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="2">
<widget class="QComboBox" name="sound_output_channel_combo_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Select the audio channel used for transmission.
Unless you have multiple radios connected on different
channels; then you will usually want to select mono or
both here.</string>
</property>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
<item>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
<property name="text">
<string>Mono</string>
</property>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
</item>
<item>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
<property name="text">
<string>Left</string>
</property>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
</item>
<item>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
<property name="text">
<string>Right</string>
</property>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
</item>
<item>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
<property name="text">
<string>Both</string>
</property>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
</item>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="sound_output_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Ou&tput:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>sound_output_combo_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="save_path_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Save Directory</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Save Directory</string>
</property>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_5">
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="save_path_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Loc&ation:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>save_path_select_push_button</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="save_path_display_label">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Path to which .WAV files are saved.</string>
</property>
<property name="autoFillBackground">
<bool>false</bool>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>TextLabel</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="save_path_select_push_button">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Click to select a different save directory for .WAV files.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>S&elect</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="azel_path_group_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>AzEl Directory</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>AzEl Directory</string>
</property>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_10">
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="azel_path_label">
<property name="text">
<string>Location:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>azel_path_select_push_button</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QLabel" name="azel_path_display_label">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Preferred">
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>TextLabel</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QPushButton" name="azel_path_select_push_button">
<property name="text">
<string>Select</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="split_operation_group_box_2">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Power Memory By Band</string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Remember power settings by band</string>
</property>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_13">
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBoxPwrBandTxMemory">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Enable power memory during transmit</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Transmit</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="checkBoxPwrBandTuneMemory">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Enable power memory during tuning</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Tune</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_3">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
2017-07-10 18:27:47 +00:00
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="tx_macros_tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Tx &Macros</string>
</attribute>
<attribute name="toolTip">
<string>Canned free text messages setup</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout">
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="add_macro_push_button">
<property name="text">
<string>&Add</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
2016-11-12 12:04:57 +00:00
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="add_macro_line_edit"/>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</item>
<item row="0" column="2">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="delete_macro_push_button">
<property name="text">
<string>&Delete</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0" colspan="3">
<widget class="QListView" name="macros_list_view">
<property name="contextMenuPolicy">
<enum>Qt::ActionsContextMenu</enum>
</property>
2014-04-16 23:10:45 +00:00
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Drag and drop items to rearrange order
Right click for item specific actions
Click, SHIFT+Click and, CRTL+Click to select items</string>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QListView {
show-decoration-selected: 1; /* make the selection span the entire width of the view */
}
QListView::item:alternate {
background: #EEEEEE;
}
QListView::item:selected {
border: 1px solid #6a6ea9;
}
QListView::item:selected:!active {
background: qlineargradient(x1: 0, y1: 0, x2: 0, y2: 1,
stop: 0 #ABAFE5, stop: 1 #8588B2);
}
QListView::item:selected:active {
background: qlineargradient(x1: 0, y1: 0, x2: 0, y2: 1,
stop: 0 #6a6ea9, stop: 1 #888dd9);
}
QListView::item:hover {
background: qlineargradient(x1: 0, y1: 0, x2: 0, y2: 1,
stop: 0 #FAFBFE, stop: 1 #DCDEF1);
}</string>
</property>
2014-04-16 23:10:45 +00:00
<property name="dragDropMode">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::InternalMove</enum>
</property>
<property name="defaultDropAction">
<enum>Qt::MoveAction</enum>
</property>
<property name="alternatingRowColors">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<property name="selectionMode">
2014-04-16 23:10:45 +00:00
<enum>QAbstractItemView::ExtendedSelection</enum>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="uniformItemSizes">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="reporting_tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Reportin&g</string>
</attribute>
<attribute name="toolTip">
<string>Reporting and logging settings</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_5">
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="logging_group_box">
<property name="title">
<string>Logging</string>
</property>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_8">
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="prompt_to_log_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>The program will pop up a partially completed Log QSO dialog when you send a 73 or free text message.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Promp&t me to log QSO</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="log_as_RTTY_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Some logging programs will not accept JT-65 or JT9 as a recognized mode.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Con&vert mode to RTTY</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="report_in_comments_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Some logging programs will not accept the type of reports
saved by this program.
Check this option to save the sent and received reports in the
comments field.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>d&B reports to comments</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="clear_DX_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Check this option to force the clearing of the DX Call
and DX Grid fields when a 73 or free text message is sent.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Clear &DX call and grid after logging</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="Line" name="line_8">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="network_group_box">
<property name="title">
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
<string>Network Services</string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_17">
<item row="0" column="0">
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="psk_reporter_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>The program can send your station details and all
decoded signals as spots to the http://pskreporter.info web site.
This is used for reverse beacon analysis which is very useful
for assessing propagation and system performance.</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Enable &PSK Reporter Spotting</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_4">
<property name="title">
<string>UDP Server</string>
</property>
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_16">
<item row="0" column="0">
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_6">
<property name="fieldGrowthPolicy">
<enum>QFormLayout::AllNonFixedFieldsGrow</enum>
</property>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="udp_server_label">
<property name="text">
<string>UDP Server:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>udp_server_line_edit</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QLineEdit" name="udp_server_line_edit">
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Fixed">
<horstretch>0</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>Optional hostname of network service to receive decodes.</p><p>Formats:</p><ul style="margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; -qt-list-indent: 1;"><li style=" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">hostname</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">IPv4 address</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">IPv6 address</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">IPv4 multicast group address</li><li style=" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;">IPv6 multicast group address</li></ul><p>Clearing this field will disable the broadcasting of UDP status updates.</p></body></html></string>
</property>
<property name="inputMethodHints">
<set>Qt::ImhDigitsOnly</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_6">
<property name="text">
<string>UDP Server port number:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>udp_server_port_spin_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="udp_server_port_spin_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>Enter the service port number of the UDP server that WSJT-X should send updates to. If this is zero no updates will be broadcast.</p></body></html></string>
</property>
<property name="minimum">
<number>0</number>
</property>
<property name="maximum">
<number>65534</number>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_11">
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="accept_udp_requests_check_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>With this enabled WSJT-X will accept certain requests back from a UDP server that receives decode messages.</p></body></html></string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Accept UDP requests</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="udpWindowToFront">
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>Indicate acceptance of an incoming UDP request. The effect of this option varies depending on the operating system and window manager, its intent is to notify the acceptance of an incoming UDP request even if this application is minimized or hidden.</p></body></html></string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Notify on accepted UDP request</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="udpWindowRestore">
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>Restore the window from minimized if an UDP request is accepted.</p></body></html></string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Accepted UDP request restores window</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<item>
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_4">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
2017-07-10 18:27:47 +00:00
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
<widget class="QWidget" name="frequencies_tab">
<attribute name="title">
<string>Frequencies</string>
</attribute>
<attribute name="toolTip">
<string>Default frequencies and band specific station details setup</string>
</attribute>
<layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_10">
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_3">
<property name="toolTip">
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>See &quot;Frequency Calibration&quot; in the WSJT-X User Guide for details of how to determine these parameters for your radio.</p></body></html></string>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>Frequency Calibration</string>
</property>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_6">
<item>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_7">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_8">
<property name="text">
<string>Slope:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>calibration_slope_ppm_spin_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QDoubleSpinBox" name="calibration_slope_ppm_spin_box">
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignTrailing|Qt::AlignVCenter</set>
</property>
<property name="suffix">
<string> ppm</string>
</property>
<property name="decimals">
<number>4</number>
</property>
<property name="minimum">
<double>-999.999900000000025</double>
</property>
<property name="maximum">
<double>999.999900000000025</double>
</property>
<property name="singleStep">
<double>0.100000000000000</double>
</property>
<property name="value">
<double>0.000000000000000</double>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_14">
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_7">
<property name="text">
<string>Intercept:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>calibration_intercept_spin_box</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QDoubleSpinBox" name="calibration_intercept_spin_box">
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignTrailing|Qt::AlignVCenter</set>
</property>
<property name="suffix">
<string> Hz</string>
</property>
<property name="decimals">
<number>2</number>
</property>
<property name="minimum">
<double>-99999.990000000005239</double>
</property>
<property name="maximum">
<double>99999.990000000005239</double>
</property>
<property name="singleStep">
<double>0.100000000000000</double>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item>
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer_4">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox">
<property name="title">
<string>Working Frequencies</string>
</property>
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout">
<item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<widget class="QTableView" name="frequencies_table_view">
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
<property name="sizePolicy">
<sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Expanding">
<horstretch>1</horstretch>
<verstretch>0</verstretch>
</sizepolicy>
</property>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<property name="contextMenuPolicy">
<enum>Qt::ActionsContextMenu</enum>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
<string><html><head/><body><p>Right click to maintain the working frequencies list.</p></body></html></string>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</property>
<property name="dragDropMode">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::DragOnly</enum>
</property>
<property name="alternatingRowColors">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="selectionBehavior">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::SelectRows</enum>
</property>
<property name="sortingEnabled">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<attribute name="horizontalHeaderStretchLastSection">
<bool>true</bool>
</attribute>
<attribute name="verticalHeaderVisible">
<bool>false</bool>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item>
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_2">
<property name="title">
<string>Station Information</string>
</property>
<layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_3">
<item>
<widget class="QTableView" name="stations_table_view">
<property name="contextMenuPolicy">
<enum>Qt::ActionsContextMenu</enum>
</property>
<property name="acceptDrops">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Items may be edited.
Right click for insert and delete options.</string>
</property>
<property name="dragEnabled">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="dragDropOverwriteMode">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="dragDropMode">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::DragDrop</enum>
</property>
<property name="defaultDropAction">
<enum>Qt::MoveAction</enum>
</property>
<property name="alternatingRowColors">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="selectionMode">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::ExtendedSelection</enum>
</property>
<property name="selectionBehavior">
<enum>QAbstractItemView::SelectRows</enum>
</property>
<property name="sortingEnabled">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
<property name="wordWrap">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
2015-05-28 23:22:17 +00:00
<attribute name="horizontalHeaderCascadingSectionResizes">
<bool>true</bool>
</attribute>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<attribute name="horizontalHeaderStretchLastSection">
<bool>true</bool>
</attribute>
<attribute name="verticalHeaderVisible">
<bool>false</bool>
</attribute>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
2016-06-11 18:50:27 +00:00
<widget class="QWidget" name="colors_tab">
2015-02-11 00:50:35 +00:00
<attribute name="title">
<string>Colors</string>
</attribute>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_5" rowstretch="1,1,2" columnstretch="1,1,2">
<item row="1" column="1">
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_13">
<item row="0" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="labCQ">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>80</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QLabel{background-color: #66ff66}</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>K1ABC</string>
</property>
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbCQmsg">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>140</width>
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>CQ in message</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbMyCall">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>140</width>
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>My Call in message</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="1" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="labMyCall">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>80</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QLabel{background-color: #ff6666}</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>K1ABC</string>
</property>
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbTxMsg">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>140</width>
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>Transmitted message</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="labTx">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>80</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QLabel{background-color: yellow}</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>K1ABC</string>
</property>
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="labDXCC">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>80</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QLabel{background-color: #ff66ff}</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>K1ABC</string>
</property>
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="4" column="0">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbNewCall">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>140</width>
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>New Call</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QPushButton" name="pbNewDXCC">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>140</width>
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>New DXCC</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="4" column="1">
<widget class="QLabel" name="labNewCall">
<property name="minimumSize">
<size>
<width>80</width>
<height>20</height>
</size>
</property>
<property name="styleSheet">
<string notr="true">QLabel{background-color: #66ffff}</string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>K1ABC</string>
</property>
<property name="alignment">
<set>Qt::AlignCenter</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
</layout>
</item>
<item row="0" column="1">
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_9">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
2017-07-10 18:27:47 +00:00
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item row="1" column="0">
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer_5">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
</spacer>
</item>
<item row="2" column="1">
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_10">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
2017-07-10 18:27:47 +00:00
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
<item row="1" column="2">
<spacer name="horizontalSpacer_8">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
</size>
</property>
2017-03-20 17:17:50 +00:00
</spacer>
</item>
</layout>
2015-02-11 00:50:35 +00:00
</widget>
2016-06-11 18:50:27 +00:00
<widget class="QWidget" name="advanced_tab">
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
<attribute name="title">
<string>Advanced</string>
</attribute>
2015-11-23 18:05:36 +00:00
<layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout_9">
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
<item row="0" column="1">
2015-11-22 19:17:06 +00:00
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_5">
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
<property name="title">
<string>Miscellaneous</string>
</property>
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_10">
2016-09-11 01:09:40 +00:00
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_3">
<property name="text">
<string>Degrade S/N of .wav file: </string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>sbDegrade</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="1">
<widget class="QDoubleSpinBox" name="sbDegrade">
<property name="suffix">
<string> dB</string>
</property>
<property name="decimals">
<number>1</number>
</property>
<property name="singleStep">
2016-10-07 15:44:27 +00:00
<double>1.000000000000000</double>
2016-09-11 01:09:40 +00:00
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_9">
<property name="text">
<string>Receiver bandwidth:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>sbBandwidth</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="1">
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="sbBandwidth">
<property name="suffix">
<string> Hz</string>
</property>
<property name="maximum">
<number>6000</number>
</property>
<property name="singleStep">
<number>100</number>
</property>
<property name="value">
<number>2500</number>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="4" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_11">
<property name="text">
<string>Tx delay:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>sbTxDelay</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="4" column="1">
<widget class="QDoubleSpinBox" name="sbTxDelay">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Minimum delay between assertion of PTT and start of Tx audio.</string>
</property>
<property name="suffix">
<string> s</string>
</property>
<property name="decimals">
<number>1</number>
</property>
<property name="minimum">
2017-07-01 00:19:58 +00:00
<double>0.000000000000000</double>
2016-09-11 01:09:40 +00:00
</property>
<property name="maximum">
2017-07-01 16:04:25 +00:00
<double>0.500000000000000</double>
2016-09-11 01:09:40 +00:00
</property>
<property name="singleStep">
<double>0.100000000000000</double>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="7" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="cbx2ToneSpacing">
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>Generate Tx audio with twice the normal tone spacing. Intended for special LF/MF transmitters that use a divide-by-2 before generating RF.</p></body></html></string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>x 2 Tone Spacing</string>
</property>
</widget>
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
</item>
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
<item row="8" column="0">
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="cbRealTime">
<property name="enabled">
2016-10-12 18:21:45 +00:00
<bool>false</bool>
2016-09-20 16:25:25 +00:00
</property>
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>Decode on-the-fly rather than at end of Rx sequence.</p></body></html></string>
</property>
<property name="text">
<string>MSK144 Realtime decode</string>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="0" column="0">
<widget class="QGroupBox" name="groupBox_6">
2015-11-22 19:17:06 +00:00
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>User-selectable parameters for JT65 decoding.</p></body></html></string>
</property>
<property name="title">
<string>JT65 decoding parameters</string>
</property>
2016-08-01 19:46:19 +00:00
<layout class="QFormLayout" name="formLayout_11">
2016-09-11 01:09:40 +00:00
<item row="2" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_2">
<property name="text">
<string>Random erasure patterns:</string>
2016-09-07 17:26:05 +00:00
</property>
2016-09-11 01:09:40 +00:00
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>sbNtrials</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="2" column="1">
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="sbNtrials">
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>Maximum number of erasure patterns for stochastic soft-decision Reed Solomon decoder is 10^(n/2).</p></body></html></string>
</property>
<property name="minimum">
<number>0</number>
</property>
<property name="maximum">
<number>12</number>
</property>
<property name="value">
<number>6</number>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="0">
<widget class="QLabel" name="label_4">
<property name="text">
<string>Aggressive decoding level:</string>
</property>
<property name="buddy">
<cstring>sbAggressive</cstring>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="3" column="1">
<widget class="QSpinBox" name="sbAggressive">
<property name="toolTip">
<string><html><head/><body><p>Higher levels will increase the probability of decoding, but will also increase probability of a false decode.</p></body></html></string>
</property>
<property name="maximum">
<number>10</number>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
<item row="4" column="0">
<widget class="QCheckBox" name="cbTwoPass">
<property name="text">
<string>Two-pass decoding</string>
</property>
<property name="checked">
<bool>true</bool>
</property>
</widget>
2015-11-22 19:17:06 +00:00
</item>
</layout>
</widget>
</item>
2016-09-11 01:09:40 +00:00
<item row="1" column="0" colspan="2">
<spacer name="verticalSpacer_8">
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Vertical</enum>
</property>
<property name="sizeHint" stdset="0">
<size>
2017-07-10 18:27:47 +00:00
<width>0</width>
<height>0</height>
2016-09-11 01:09:40 +00:00
</size>
</property>
</spacer>
</item>
2015-11-22 19:17:06 +00:00
</layout>
2015-11-18 01:28:12 +00:00
</widget>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</widget>
</item>
2016-10-26 13:17:57 +00:00
<item>
<widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="configuration_dialog_button_box">
<property name="toolTip">
<string>Discard or apply configuration changes including
resetting the radio interface and applying any
soundcard changes</string>
</property>
<property name="orientation">
<enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum>
</property>
<property name="standardButtons">
<set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set>
</property>
</widget>
</item>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</layout>
</widget>
<tabstops>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
<tabstop>configuration_tabs</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<tabstop>callsign_line_edit</tabstop>
<tabstop>grid_line_edit</tabstop>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
<tabstop>region_combo_box</tabstop>
2015-03-04 12:22:33 +00:00
<tabstop>type_2_msg_gen_combo_box</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<tabstop>insert_blank_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>miles_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>TX_messages_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>DXCC_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>font_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>decoded_text_font_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>monitor_off_check_box</tabstop>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
<tabstop>monitor_last_used_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>quick_call_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>tx_watchdog_spin_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>CW_id_after_73_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>enable_VHF_features_check_box</tabstop>
2015-02-27 18:59:08 +00:00
<tabstop>tx_QSY_check_box</tabstop>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
<tabstop>single_decode_check_box</tabstop>
2015-05-19 17:52:47 +00:00
<tabstop>decode_at_52s_check_box</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<tabstop>CW_id_interval_spin_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>rig_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_poll_interval_spin_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_port_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_serial_baud_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_7_bit_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_8_bit_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_one_stop_bit_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_two_stop_bit_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_handshake_none_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_handshake_xon_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>CAT_handshake_hardware_radio_button</tabstop>
2015-09-09 12:16:22 +00:00
<tabstop>force_DTR_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>force_RTS_combo_box</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<tabstop>PTT_VOX_radio_button</tabstop>
2015-09-09 12:16:22 +00:00
<tabstop>PTT_CAT_radio_button</tabstop>
2016-04-06 17:11:41 +00:00
<tabstop>PTT_DTR_radio_button</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<tabstop>PTT_RTS_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>PTT_port_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>TX_source_data_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>TX_source_mic_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>mode_none_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>mode_USB_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>mode_data_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>split_none_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>split_rig_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>split_emulate_radio_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>test_CAT_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>test_PTT_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>sound_input_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>sound_input_channel_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>sound_output_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>sound_output_channel_combo_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>save_path_select_push_button</tabstop>
2015-09-09 12:16:22 +00:00
<tabstop>azel_path_select_push_button</tabstop>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
<tabstop>checkBoxPwrBandTxMemory</tabstop>
<tabstop>checkBoxPwrBandTuneMemory</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<tabstop>add_macro_line_edit</tabstop>
<tabstop>add_macro_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>delete_macro_push_button</tabstop>
<tabstop>macros_list_view</tabstop>
<tabstop>prompt_to_log_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>log_as_RTTY_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>report_in_comments_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>clear_DX_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>psk_reporter_check_box</tabstop>
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
<tabstop>udp_server_line_edit</tabstop>
<tabstop>udp_server_port_spin_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>accept_udp_requests_check_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>udpWindowToFront</tabstop>
<tabstop>udpWindowRestore</tabstop>
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
<tabstop>calibration_slope_ppm_spin_box</tabstop>
<tabstop>calibration_intercept_spin_box</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<tabstop>frequencies_table_view</tabstop>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
<tabstop>stations_table_view</tabstop>
2015-02-27 18:59:08 +00:00
<tabstop>pbCQmsg</tabstop>
<tabstop>pbMyCall</tabstop>
<tabstop>pbTxMsg</tabstop>
<tabstop>pbNewDXCC</tabstop>
<tabstop>pbNewCall</tabstop>
2016-10-28 14:34:30 +00:00
<tabstop>sbNtrials</tabstop>
<tabstop>sbAggressive</tabstop>
<tabstop>cbTwoPass</tabstop>
<tabstop>sbDegrade</tabstop>
<tabstop>sbBandwidth</tabstop>
<tabstop>sbTxDelay</tabstop>
<tabstop>cbx2ToneSpacing</tabstop>
<tabstop>cbRealTime</tabstop>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</tabstops>
<resources/>
<connections>
<connection>
<sender>configuration_dialog_button_box</sender>
<signal>accepted()</signal>
<receiver>configuration_dialog</receiver>
<slot>accept()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
<x>281</x>
<y>488</y>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>157</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
<sender>configuration_dialog_button_box</sender>
<signal>rejected()</signal>
<receiver>configuration_dialog</receiver>
<slot>reject()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
2017-07-07 23:11:41 +00:00
<x>349</x>
<y>488</y>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
<x>286</x>
<y>274</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
<sender>add_macro_push_button</sender>
<signal>clicked()</signal>
<receiver>add_macro_line_edit</receiver>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<slot>setFocus()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
2016-04-06 17:11:58 +00:00
<x>404</x>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<y>62</y>
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
<x>199</x>
<y>60</y>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
<connection>
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
<sender>add_macro_line_edit</sender>
<signal>returnPressed()</signal>
<receiver>add_macro_push_button</receiver>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<slot>setFocus()</slot>
<hints>
<hint type="sourcelabel">
2015-04-15 16:40:49 +00:00
<x>199</x>
<y>60</y>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</hint>
<hint type="destinationlabel">
2016-04-06 17:11:41 +00:00
<x>404</x>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
<y>62</y>
</hint>
</hints>
</connection>
</connections>
<buttongroups>
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
<buttongroup name="CAT_handshake_button_group"/>
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
<buttongroup name="CAT_stop_bits_button_group"/>
Merged from trunk (r8085 thru r8170 inc.):
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8085 | k9an | 2017-09-13 01:46:16 +0100 (Wed, 13 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Open up DT range to +/- 2.5 s for testing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8086 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 11:12:38 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Do not allow window manager events to close the astronomical data window
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8087 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:05 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Fix regression in ADIF parser that caused failure with missing header
Improved robustness of the ADIF parser and re-factored to more
idiomatic C++.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8088 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:13 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update band limits as per ADIF 3.0.6 specification
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8089 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:20 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Use a single definition of band limits (Bands class)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8090 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 21:27:33 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Add button to the decoded text window context menu to erase the contents
Right-click either decoded text window to erase its contents. The
"Erase" button on the main UI still operates as before although it is
implemented differently now.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8091 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:51 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct the actions taken when clearing decodes windows
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8092 | bsomervi | 2017-09-16 23:20:59 +0100 (Sat, 16 Sep 2017) | 8 lines
Restore functionality of sending .WAV playback decodes to UDP
Extended the Decode and WSPRDecode UDP messages with an "off air"
boolean field indicating the decode was derived from a .WAV fle
playback rather than an on air reception.
Extended reference applications to use the new off air decode message
field.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8093 | k9an | 2017-09-17 16:34:32 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Experimental tweak to FT8 decoder. Try a second symbol metric if
the first one fails - currently configured to use max-amplitude
and max-log.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8094 | k9an | 2017-09-17 21:43:30 +0100 (Sun, 17 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Restore the use of max-amplitude for ap passes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8095 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:42:14 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow specialized use of "x2 Tone Spacing" in FT8 mode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8096 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 16:47:29 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Allow X2 tone spacing also in JT9 (slow) modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8097 | k1jt | 2017-09-18 21:42:18 +0100 (Mon, 18 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Change CRLF line endings to *nix style.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8098 | k1jt | 2017-09-19 17:04:10 +0100 (Tue, 19 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add a missing step to description of the Frequency Calibration procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8099 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 17:31:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Insert a link to FT8_Operating_Tips.pdf.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8100 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:11:04 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
As an experiment, move "NA VHF Contest Mode" checkbox to main screen and
query operator if d>10000 km.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8101 | k1jt | 2017-09-20 20:19:47 +0100 (Wed, 20 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Correct a tool-tip typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8102 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 13:31:01 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
UI tweaks to improve portability between platforms and font size changes
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8103 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:36:24 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Extend UDP Reply message with keyboard modifiers
This allows UDP servers to emulate keyboard modified double-clicks on
decoded messages, E.g. ALT+double-click for replying to a CQ or QRZ
call without changing ones Tx frequency offset.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8104 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 16:49:42 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Updated AD1C cty.dat file (21st Sept 2017)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8105 | k1jt | 2017-09-22 18:38:51 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Another attempt at eliminating confusion when NA VHF Contest Mode is in use.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8106 | k9an | 2017-09-22 21:36:52 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Make sure that fastGrph is properly initialized.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8107 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:41 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Improve performance of the UDP reference application message_aggregator
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8108 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:49 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression in processing incoming Reply UDP messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8109 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:08:56 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Better handling of worked before and country name display
Appended text is added at a fixed column unless the message overlaps
in which case the appended information floats to thr right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8110 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:04 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 4 lines
Restore printing of MSK144 decode quality information
Now that a way of dealing with worked before and country information
without losing this information has been found.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8111 | bsomervi | 2017-09-22 23:09:11 +0100 (Fri, 22 Sep 2017) | 5 lines
Fix an issue with truncated free text messages being generated
This is an edge case when working a call like RI9F/GM4WJS where it is
not possible to confirm receipt of the full compound callsign in a Tx5
73 message as "RI9F/GM4WJS 73" is 14 characters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8112 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:29 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Tidy up some ugly code
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8113 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 19:09:37 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Clean up some main window UI layout
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8114 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:39:42 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Comment out some diagnostic writes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8115 | k9an | 2017-09-23 20:56:45 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Add some text for section 13.3 of the User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8116 | k9an | 2017-09-23 21:01:31 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor change to new_features.adoc.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8117 | bsomervi | 2017-09-23 23:02:24 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor additions to MSK144 phase eq docs
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8118 | k9an | 2017-09-23 23:32:06 +0100 (Sat, 23 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix up Table 2 caption.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8119 | bsomervi | 2017-09-24 22:14:10 +0100 (Sun, 24 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix issues processing free text 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8120 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 18:02:52 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
First tests of "RR73 NOW ..." and "NIL NOW ..." (i3bit=1, 2) messages in FT8.
DO NOT USE THIS FEATURE ON THE AIR!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8121 | k1jt | 2017-09-25 20:21:25 +0100 (Mon, 25 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Make bDXped a member variable, default to false.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8122 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:19 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix regression in handling double-clicked CQ and QRZ calls
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8123 | bsomervi | 2017-09-26 00:38:27 +0100 (Tue, 26 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression handling compound calls in 73 messages
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8124 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:26:33 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additions to Section 13.3 of WSJT-X User Guide: "Phase Equalkization".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8125 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:39:50 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 31 lines
Experimental new behavior for "Lock Tx=Rx" and for clicking on waterfall and decoded text.
1. Checkbox "Lock Tx=Rx" is now labeled "Lock Tx Freq", and its meaning is
quite different. If checked, the audio Tx frequency cannot be changed.
It's like the "Lock" function on some transceivers.
2. Clicking on the Wide Graph waterfall and on lines of decoded text now
behave as follows:
Click on Action
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Waterfall: Click to set Rx frequency
Shift-click to set Tx frequency
Ctrl-click to set Rx and Tx frequencies
If Lock Tx Freq is checked, Tx freq does not move
Double-click to set Rx frequency and decode there
Decoded Text: Double-click to copy transmitting callsign to DX Call
and locator to DX Grid; change Rx frequency to decoded
signal's frequency; generate standard messages.
Tx frequency is not changed unless Ctrl is held down
and Lock Tx Freq not checked.
If this experimental behavior is adopted, some descriptions in the
User Guide and Special Mouse Commands will need to be updated.
3. Starting to implement a new function on the Tools menu,
"Solve for calibration parameters". This is not yet finished;
DO NOT USE in its present form.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8126 | k1jt | 2017-09-27 13:50:21 +0100 (Wed, 27 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add missing routine.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8127 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 02:35:09 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Functional 'Solve for calibration parameters' on Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8128 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 13:30:52 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
dummy
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8129 | k9an | 2017-09-28 16:00:57 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Correct a typo in the docs.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8130 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:05:41 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor edits in User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8131 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:09:46 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Fix two ways that Loxk Tx Freq could be circumvented; display Echo Graph
automatically when Echo mode is started; clean up display of FreqCal parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8132 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:46:36 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Clean up the display of "Controls" checkbox on Wide Graph.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8133 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 16:55:24 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Display "NIL NOW ", etc., only for test cases.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8134 | k1jt | 2017-09-28 20:51:04 +0100 (Thu, 28 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add some FreqCal info to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8135 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 00:34:13 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Move 'Controls' checkbox a few pixels to the right.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8136 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:46:43 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix accidental regression in UDP Reply message handling
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8137 | bsomervi | 2017-09-29 11:57:22 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Minor clarification for the User Guide waterfall controls description
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8138 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:27:55 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Minor change to make shift/ctrl double-click logic more consistent.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8139 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:47:26 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Remove a diagnostic qDebug().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8140 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 14:59:16 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Additional instructions for using the FreqCal procedure.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8141 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:28 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Many updates to User Guide, mostly to reflect changes in "click behavior".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8142 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:53:57 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_sommands.txt.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8143 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 17:58:05 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 3 lines
Previous commit message should have mentioned a fix to "stdmsg.f90" that was
preventing double-click on a JT65 "OOO" message from populating message fields.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8144 | k1jt | 2017-09-29 18:40:30 +0100 (Fri, 29 Sep 2017) | 2 lines
Add an option to enforce simplex operation (moving both Tx and Rx
frequency) when double-clicking on a decoded text line.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8145 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 14:56:33 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix a regression that prevented double-click on call from working as in r8123.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8146 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 18:48:46 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 21 lines
Another try at optimizing the GUI for simplex and split behavior. Details below:
1. Checkbox "Double-click on call sets Tx and Rx freqs" has been removed
from the Settings -> General tab.
2. Checkbox "Lock Tx Freq" on main window is relabled "Hold Tx Freq".
3. Behavior now defaults to the "simplex" behavior in use up to code
revision r8123. In particular, double-clicking on decoded mesages
that do not contain your own call moves both Rx and Tx frequencies.
If the first callsign is your own call, only Rx freq moves.
4. If "Hold Tx Freq" is checked, double-clicking on decoded messages
moves the Rx frequency; Tx frequency is moved only if CTRL was held
down.
5. Clicking on the waterfall moves Rx and Tx frequencies as before:
Rx only on a simple click, Tx only on SHIFT-click, and both on
CTRL-click. This happens even if "Hold Tx Freq" is checked (which
is why this box is no longer labeled "Lock Tx Freq").
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8147 | k1jt | 2017-09-30 20:25:01 +0100 (Sat, 30 Sep 2017) | 1 line
Fix behavior with double-click on 'CQ <AA-ZZ> <call> <grid>.'
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8148 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 13:35:43 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct an improper disabling of TxFreqSpinBox.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8149 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:03:16 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update mouse_commands.txt and tool tips.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8150 | k1jt | 2017-10-01 15:58:10 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Update 'blank line' band ID at 4*TRperiod/5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8151 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:43:59 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an invalid iterator increment when there are no FreqCal frequencies
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8152 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:07 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix cty.dat lookups that were not honouring exact match flags
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8153 | bsomervi | 2017-10-01 22:44:15 +0100 (Sun, 01 Oct 2017) | 6 lines
Add "Apply" button to calibration solution message box
Make calibration solution application iterative so that calibrations
can be applied sequentially if desired.
Tidy up calibration solution messages boxes and make i18n friendly.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8154 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 14:49:37 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update User Guide and "mouse_commands".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8155 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 15:15:15 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Special DXpedition messages must not have the FreeText bit set.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8156 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:27:08 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add more on Copyright protections.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8157 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:33:17 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8158 | k1jt | 2017-10-02 19:35:06 +0100 (Mon, 02 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Minor edits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8159 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 02:23:24 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Correct a misspelling; add quote marks; push 'About' to bottom of Tools menu.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8160 | k1jt | 2017-10-03 16:59:47 +0100 (Tue, 03 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Add KA9Q to the copyright notice.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8161 | k1jt | 2017-10-04 14:14:51 +0100 (Wed, 04 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update an image; fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8162 | k1jt | 2017-10-05 19:27:34 +0100 (Thu, 05 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Fix a bug involving "firstcall contains mycall" but not equal to mycall.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8163 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:17 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Add an accessor method to Configuration to get the current calibration parameters
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8164 | bsomervi | 2017-10-06 17:18:25 +0100 (Fri, 06 Oct 2017) | 5 lines
Rename the fmt.all calibration measurements file after accepting a solution
This allows those who want to keep their calibration measurements
after finding a solution to calibrate their station. The fmt.all file
used to find and accept a solution is renamed to fmt.bak.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8165 | k1jt | 2017-10-13 15:36:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 2 lines
Update the Tool Tip displayed for Frequency Calibration parameters.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8166 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:10 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Fix an issue with editing IARU regions in the working frequencies table
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8167 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:21 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 32 lines
Improved frequency calibration
Measure check box added to FreqCal mode, check to record to fmt.all
with current calibration correction disabled, uncheck to see the
impact of the current calibration parameters.
The fmt.all file is now optionally renamed to fmt.bak when a
calibration solution is accepted. This allows users to preserve an
fmt.all file that they might have edited for best fit.
A calibration procedure might proceed thus:-
1) select FreqCal mode,
2) step through suggested calibration test frequencies deleting those
that have no usable signal,
3) enable "Menu->Tools->Execute frequency calibration cycle" and check
that suitable signals are present,
4) select a suitable FTol and T/R period,
5) check "Measure" and let the cycle complete a few times to gather
data,
6) uncheck "Measure" to complete the data capture, optionally tidy the
fmt.all file with your favourite editor,
7) push "Menu->Tools->Solve for calibration parameters" and accept if
you like what you see,
8) sit back and admire your accurately frequency calibrated station.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8168 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:36 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 4 lines
Generic handling of keyboard modifiers via UDP and double-clicks
This change opens up all keyboard modifier options to UDP Reply
messages as well as double-clicks of decoded messages.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8169 | bsomervi | 2017-10-13 23:34:48 +0100 (Fri, 13 Oct 2017) | 3 lines
User guide updates for frequency calibration mode
Also some instances of non-italicized WSJT-X fixed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8170 | k9an | 2017-10-14 02:02:38 +0100 (Sat, 14 Oct 2017) | 1 line
Don't open the false_decodes.txt file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8171 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-10-14 09:09:10 +00:00
<buttongroup name="TX_audio_source_button_group"/>
<buttongroup name="split_mode_button_group"/>
<buttongroup name="PTT_method_button_group"/>
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7861 | k9an | 2017-07-12 22:49:39 +0100 (Wed, 12 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use quarter-symbol steps for time sync. Lower sync threshold. Implement subtraction and two pass decoding. Use osd2 only near nfqso.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7862 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:28:57 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix NHSYM.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7863 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:31:52 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a comment. No code changes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7864 | k9an | 2017-07-13 01:43:56 +0100 (Thu, 13 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix another bounds error.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7879 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 17:02:01 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Code cleanup and test ofFT8 decodes with erasures. Do not use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7881 | k1jt | 2017-07-14 19:19:48 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix nutc in jt9; alternative sync value for late-start FT8 signals.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7882 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:22:53 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move ft8apset to a separate file.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7884 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:35:22 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add ft8apset.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7885 | k9an | 2017-07-14 20:46:04 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Update call to ft8b.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7886 | k9an | 2017-07-14 21:12:29 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7887 | k9an | 2017-07-14 23:09:50 +0100 (Fri, 14 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on AP. Deep decode is unstable - not for use on the air.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7890 | k9an | 2017-07-15 01:33:25 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Turn off ap.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7891 | k9an | 2017-07-15 02:49:44 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add some more items to the lun 81 diagnostics.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7892 | k9an | 2017-07-15 15:21:18 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly calculate metrics for non-ap bits that reside in symbols that contain ap bits.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7893 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:43:41 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Use overlap and add to apply reference filter/amplitude equalization.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7894 | k9an | 2017-07-15 16:46:46 +0100 (Sat, 15 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Improve a comment.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7895 | k9an | 2017-07-16 01:10:37 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Make refspec filter causal for overlap and add.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7911 | k9an | 2017-07-16 16:56:06 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More work on Deep decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7917 | k9an | 2017-07-16 18:08:09 +0100 (Sun, 16 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Properly round the printed snr.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7925 | k9an | 2017-07-18 02:12:11 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Work on ap decoding. Diagnostic write enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7926 | k9an | 2017-07-18 16:22:20 +0100 (Tue, 18 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix a bug in AP decoding when iaptype=2. Decrease time-sync search range to +/- 1.5s. Fix a big with erasure decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7927 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 00:23:20 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove slider next to audio level meter.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7928 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 16:15:00 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
1. Alt+F8 arms "Call 1st" as if a CQ had been sent.
2. "Call 1st" label turns red when armed to respond to a caller.
3. Suppress some recognizable false decodes, send them to cumulative file
"data_dir/false_decodes.txt".
4. Reduce sleep delay in decoder() to 10 ms.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7929 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:23:17 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix wording in list of keyboard shortcuts.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7930 | k1jt | 2017-07-20 20:25:08 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Comment out diagnostic write.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7931 | k9an | 2017-07-20 22:08:36 +0100 (Thu, 20 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Only print dupes if SNR is higher than what has already been printed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7932 | k9an | 2017-07-21 23:02:06 +0100 (Fri, 21 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add to the list of allowed keywords in jtmsg.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7933 | k9an | 2017-07-22 04:01:09 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add variables lapon and napwid to control ap decoding. Reconfigure the logic for AP decoding and ordered-statistics decoding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7934 | k9an | 2017-07-22 14:21:03 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Prevent a certain type of non-standard message from being flagged as a false decode.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7935 | k9an | 2017-07-22 18:12:48 +0100 (Sat, 22 Jul 2017) | 1 line
More informative end-of-line annotation for AP decodes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7936 | k9an | 2017-07-24 15:23:22 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Bring msk144d2 more up to date. Runs now, but still needs more work.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7937 | k1jt | 2017-07-24 15:48:16 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the spacing between marked lowest and highest FT8 tones for RxFreq (green) and TxFreq (red).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7938 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:14 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Add double clickable push button and radio button widgets
These emit doubleClicked signal when double-clicked, otherwise they
are identical to their super-classes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7939 | bsomervi | 2017-07-24 20:27:23 +0100 (Mon, 24 Jul 2017) | 42 lines
Add the option to ALT+click a decoded CQ or QRZ message which only
moves the Rx frequency to theirs, this facilitates calling a station
who is busy and may have many callers on their frequency. Updated the
corresponding mouse shortcuts help text.
Allow for times with seconds when parsing fast mode and FT8 decodes.
Exclude the RR73 grid square from and grid validation or matching, it
is not a grid square any more as far as WSJT-X is concerned, it is an
RRR substitute.
Add a simple state machine for QSO progress such that replies and
auto-sequencing can be better controlled.
Get compound callsign edge cases working again and allow QSOs from and
to compound callsign holders working in as many situations as possible
including auto-sequencing and FT8 auto-reply mode. This does mean
that a "DE W6/K1ABC DM93" type message close to a callers Tx or Rx
frequency will be taken as a reply to a CQ call despite it not being
explicitly addressed back to the CQ caller. Compound callsigns should
work in MSK144 contest mode also as well as in short code modes with
some minor restrictions (short codes will not be used where
configuration demands that a message be used to send a full compound
callsign).
Auto sequencing has been made generic such that it can be used for
more than one mode if desired.
Allow the use of free text messages to sign off in auto sequenced QSOs
without the message being overwritten by the sequencer. Double click
actions have been added to the Tx5 radio and push buttons to revert
back to the default standard 73 message.
Make DisplayText class interface more idiomatic C++ and simplify a
bit.
Fixed some displayed widget arrangements for different modes and
sub-modes so that they are consistent when starting up and when
switching mode or sub-mode.
This is a big change which has been extensively tested but no doubt
there will also be some new defects introduced.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7940 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:19 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix issue with Tx5 not being generated with a new DX Call
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7941 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:27 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix country name display that broke in r7939
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7942 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:34 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Ensure JT9 lowest decode frequency spin box is disabled when not available
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7943 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:42 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 4 lines
Pick up tail-enders when completing a call 1st QSO after re-enabling auto Tx
Allow any message to start a QSO so long as we are not in an
auto-reply QSO.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7944 | bsomervi | 2017-07-25 17:51:49 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Exclude all decode quality markers from internal decode parsing and matching
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7945 | k9an | 2017-07-25 20:06:05 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Move '?' quality warning to message(22:22).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7946 | k9an | 2017-07-25 21:55:13 +0100 (Tue, 25 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Reject candiates with fewer than 7 correct hard-decoded sync symbols.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7947 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:37 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Force Settings tab to Radio tab when navigating there from a rig error message
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7948 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:44 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct the highlighting of the Call 1st check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7949 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:38:57 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Option to skip using grid reply message
Enable and disable by double-clicking the Tx1 button or the adjacent
radio button. Tx1 message shows grayed out when the Tx1 message is
elided.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7950 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:04 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Option to use RR73 grid message as RRR message substitutes
Enable or disable by double-clicking the Tx4 button or the adjacent
radio button. Is auto disabled by a band change as it is expected that
the user reassess the conditions to see if message repetitions are
unlikely to be needed.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7951 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:11 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix highlighting of the call first check box label
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7952 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:23 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Better behavior and tool tips for Txn buttons and radio buttons
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7953 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 02:39:30 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Auto Tx stop when calling a CQer who answers another station on your Tx frequency
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7954 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 11:56:12 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add menu option to turn on AP decoding in FT8 mode
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7955 | k9an | 2017-07-26 14:05:34 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Enable AP for any decoding level.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7956 | k1jt | 2017-07-26 14:44:31 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Remove obsolete test program.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7957 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:18:59 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 11 lines
Use the low confidence decode quality marker to elide spots and pass info via UDP
The UDP decode and reply message have been augmented with a boolean
flag denoting a low confidence decode when set. Existing clients can
safely use the reply message without passing the flag as the default
value will still action messages that have high confidence. If low
confidence decodes are to be passed back via the reply message then
the low confidence flag must be included and correctly set to match
the original decode.
See NetworkMessage.hpp for message fields and meanings.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7958 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 22:19:21 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 3 lines
Add QSO state machine state and tx audio offset to parameters passed to slow decoders
Required to pick best AP masks in FT8 decoder
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7959 | bsomervi | 2017-07-26 23:03:02 +0100 (Wed, 26 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7960 | k9an | 2017-07-27 16:35:40 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
nQSOProgress now controls AP decoding. Needs testing - may not be stable with AP enabled.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7961 | k9an | 2017-07-27 19:07:54 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Correct some logic so that AP is only on when selected and so that AP decodes of type 4 or greater are limited to the vicinity of nfqso or nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7962 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 19:57:53 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Remove unused arguments from the call to fix_contest_msg().
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7963 | k1jt | 2017-07-27 21:17:30 +0100 (Thu, 27 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Working on some features for NA VHF contests. Not finished!
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7964 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 01:00:42 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Fix syntax error in statement function definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7965 | bsomervi | 2017-07-28 02:20:22 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 6 lines
Revert "Extend grids looked up from CALL3.TXT from 4 to 6-digits if first 4 match"
Bad idea, need to find a better way to extend grids to 6-digits from
CALL3.TXT.
This reverts commit r7959
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7968 | k9an | 2017-07-28 16:35:17 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Comment out diagnostic write to lun 81.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7969 | k1jt | 2017-07-28 16:50:13 +0100 (Fri, 28 Jul 2017) | 2 lines
Make 72-bit "contest mode" available in FT8 as well as MSK144.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7970 | bsomervi | 2017-07-29 00:25:32 +0100 (Sat, 29 Jul 2017) | 7 lines
Change tolerances for auto stop and auto-sequence of some messages
FT8 auto-stop will only react to messages within +/- 50Hz of our Tx
frequency.
Auto-sequence on "DE ..." and free text 73 messages will respond if
they are within 25Hz of our Tx or Rx frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7971 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:25 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 1 line
Add extra hidden string length argument to genft8 interface
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7972 | bsomervi | 2017-07-31 02:28:33 +0100 (Mon, 31 Jul 2017) | 5 lines
Fix FT8 call first behaviour with "Lock Tx=Rx"
Call first combined with "Lock Tx=Rx" (why would anyone consider doing
that!) should continue on the Tx frequency of the station being
worked and not be switched another calling station's frequency.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7973 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:01:27 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Utility for generating figure for QST/RadCom article.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7974 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:16:01 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Tidy up some details for 72-bit contest mode in FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7975 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 19:46:12 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Don't highlight FT8 contest-mode Tx3 message as a free-text message.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7976 | k1jt | 2017-08-01 20:32:54 +0100 (Tue, 01 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Fix the "F4" shortcut description; add usage advuice to "Lock Tx=Rx" tool tip.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7980 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 15:05:37 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Enable "nagain" for FT8, as in other modes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7987 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:23:42 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Updates to the WSJT-X User Guide for Version 1.8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7988 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 20:27:43 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Add several new screen shots.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7989 | k1jt | 2017-08-02 21:43:06 +0100 (Wed, 02 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Allow auto-seq in QRA64 mode; updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7992 | bsomervi | 2017-08-03 12:23:07 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix an issue with VFO tuning while running Doppler correction
Holding down the SHIFT key while tuning the rig should update the
nominal sked frequency, not holding done the SHIFT key should not
update the sked frequency. This is not yet perfect and sometimes a
change to the nominal sked frequency can get through but it is a rare
as yet unfound race condition.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7993 | k9an | 2017-08-03 15:46:21 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Use norder=3 for nagain, 2. Renumber aptypes.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7994 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 15:48:59 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Remove the "Weak" checkbox from GUI, it's not implemented.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r7995 | k1jt | 2017-08-03 16:12:30 +0100 (Thu, 03 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
More updates to the WSJT-X User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@7996 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-03 16:42:10 +00:00
<buttongroup name="TX_mode_button_group"/>
Merged from trunk:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8016 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:22:54 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Remove call to jtmsg.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8017 | k9an | 2017-08-09 16:52:52 +0100 (Wed, 09 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Bring a simulation tool up to date.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8022 | k9an | 2017-08-13 02:35:13 +0100 (Sun, 13 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Improve efficiency of OSD by a factor of 5 to 10 for norder=2 and
3. Use norder=2 for wideband multi-decoding, norder=3 near nfqso and
nftx.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8026 | k9an | 2017-08-14 16:00:48 +0100 (Mon, 14 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make default MSK144 amplitude polynomial flat.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8029 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 14:07:27 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Edit the advice displayed by F5.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8030 | k1jt | 2017-08-19 23:34:26 +0100 (Sat, 19 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a typo.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8031 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:14:51 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
1. Improvements to the OSD to allow deeper wideband decoding.
2. Add a third decoding pass.
3. Change symbol metric from max-log to max-amplitude.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8032 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:17:23 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Delete unused array.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8033 | k9an | 2017-08-22 01:21:59 +0100 (Tue, 22 Aug 2017) | 1 line
More cleanup.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8034 | k1jt | 2017-08-24 14:38:47 +0100 (Thu, 24 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Possible pseudo-code for DXpedition auto-sequencing.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8035 | k1jt | 2017-08-25 17:59:58 +0100 (Fri, 25 Aug 2017) | 4 lines
Use the most recently edited "CQ xx: message in Tx6 as a template for
subsequent regenerations.
This means that "CQ DX", "CQ VT", etc., will be presistent until
changed back.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8036 | k1jt | 2017-08-26 17:30:47 +0100 (Sat, 26 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Use a baseline-fitting procedure to improve S/N estimates for FT8.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8037 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 13:26:37 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix the 'Start=0 ==> S/N = -24 dB' problem.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8038 | k1jt | 2017-08-27 14:11:56 +0100 (Sun, 27 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Change magic 36 back to 37; does this break something else?
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8039 | k1jt | 2017-08-28 15:32:14 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Correct the behavior of FT8 in "NA VHF Contest mode".
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8040 | k9an | 2017-08-28 22:09:44 +0100 (Mon, 28 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Fix a potential array bounds issue in osd174.f90.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8043 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:37 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Update AD1C cty.dat database to 14th Aug 2017 big CTY.DAT
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8044 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:20:51 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Basic fix of auto sequencing with free text 73 messages, more to come
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8045 | bsomervi | 2017-08-29 04:46:32 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Ensure that auto Tx is disabled when stop Tx on 73 isn't enabled and
DX call is cleared
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8046 | k1jt | 2017-08-29 15:01:55 +0100 (Tue, 29 Aug 2017) | 2 lines
Update text in User Guide related to *NA VHF Contest Mode*.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8047 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 03:27:57 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 7 lines
Fix some signoff issues with auto-sequencing
73 messages from other QSOs on frequency should now be ignored rather
than being processed.
Also some long overdue refactoring and tidying of non-idiomatic C++
code in the logbook directory.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8048 | bsomervi | 2017-08-30 14:20:39 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Make 73 and RR73 matching of incoming messages for exact while words
------------------------------------------------------------------------
r8049 | k1jt | 2017-08-30 18:06:49 +0100 (Wed, 30 Aug 2017) | 1 line
Updates to User Guide.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx-1.8@8050 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2017-08-31 00:41:52 +00:00
<buttongroup name="CAT_data_bits_button_group"/>
Added support for use of "Standard" locations for writable files.
This allows writable files to be located in the "correct"
location for each platform rather than in the directory of
the executable which, in general, is not recommended or
allowed in some cases.
A preprocessor macro WSJT_STANDARD_FILE_LOCATIONS is used to
switch be tween old and new functionality, currently it is on
by default. It can be turned off by defining it to a false
value (0) or more simply with cmake-gui setting the option
with the same name. JTAlert can only work with the old
non-standard file locations until Laurie VK3AMA chooses to
support the new file locations.
Even if the above is not enabled; the QSettings file is
written to a user specific location so it will be shared by
all instances of the program (i.e. across upgrades). See
below for multiple concurrent instance support changes.
Added a command line parser module for Fortran.
Added 'lib/options.f90' to facilitate more complex argument
passing to jt9 to cover explicit file locations.
Changed the way multiple concurrent instances are handled.
This is to allow the program to be run multiple times from
the same installation directory.
A new wsjtx command line optional argument is available "-r"
or "--rig" which enables multiple concurrent instance
support. The parameter of the new option is a unique name
signifying a rig or equivalent. The name is used as the
shared memory segment key and in window titles. The name is
also used to access unique settings files and writable data
files like ALL.TXT and log files. No attempt has been made
to share these files between concurrent instances.
If "-r" or "--rig" is used without a parameter it still
enables multiple concurrent instance support for that
instance. All instances must use a unique parameter, one of
which may be empty.
The rig name is appended the
QCoreApplication::applicationName() for convenient usage like
window titles.
Set non Qt locale to "C".
This ensures that C library functions give consistent results
whatever the system locale is set to. QApplication follows
the system locale as before. Thus using QApplication and its
descendants like widgets and QString for all user visible
formating will give correct l10n and using C/C++ library will
give consistent formatting across locales.
Added top level C++ exception handling to main.cpp.
Because the new transceiver framework uses exceptions
internally, the main function now handles any exceptions that
aren't caught.
Retired devsetup, replaced with Configuration.
Configuration is a class that encapsulates most of the
configuration behavior. Because rig configuration is so
closely coupled with rig operation, Configuration serves as a
proxy for access to the rig control functions. See
Configuration.hpp for more details of the Configuration
interface.
Menu changes.
Various checkable menu actions moved from main menu to the
Configuration dialog. The whole settings menu has been
retired with the single "Settings..." action moved to the
file menu for consistency on Mac where it appears as
"Preferences" in line with Mac guidelines.
New data models for data used by the application.
ADIF amateur band parameters, free text message macros, spot
working frequencies and, station information (station
descriptions and transverter offsets per band) each implement
the QAbstractItemModel interface allowing them to be used
directly with Qt view widgets (Bands.hpp, FrequencyList.hpp
and, StationList.hpp). Configuration manages maintenance of
an instance of all but the former of the above models. The
ADIF band model is owned by Configuration but requires no
user maintenance as it is immutable.
Band combo box gets more functionality.
This widget is now an editable QComboBox with some extra
input capabilities.
The popup list is still the list of spot working frequencies,
now showing the actual frequency decorated with the band
name. This allows multiple spot frequencies on a band if
required.
The line edit allows direct frequency entry in mega-Hertz
with a completer built in to suggest the available spot
working frequencies. It also allows band name entry where
the first available spot working frequency is selected.
Recognized band names are those that are defined by the ADIF
specification and can be found in in the implementation of
the ADIF bands model (Bands.cpp).
If an out of band frequency is chosen, the line edit shows a
warning red background and the text "OOB". Out of band is
only defined by the ADIF band limits which in general are
wider than any entities regulations.
Qt 5.2 now supports default audio i/p and o/p devices.
These devices are placeholders for whatever the user defines
as the default device. Because of this they need special
treatment as the actual device used is chosen at open time
behind the scenes.
Close-down behavior is simplified.
The close-down semantics were broken such that some objects
were not being shut down cleanly, this required amendments to
facilitate correct close down of threads.
User font selection added to Configuration UI.
Buttons to set the application font and the font for the band
and Rx frequency activity widgets have been added to the
Configuration UI to replace the file based font size control.
Free text macros now selected directly.
The free text line edit widgets are now editable combo boxes
that have the current free text macro definitions as their
popup list. The old context menu to do this has been
retired.
Astronomical data window dynamically formatted and has font a chooser.
This window is now autonomous, has its own font chooser and,
dynamically resizes to cover the contents.
Double click to Tx enabled now has its own widget in the status bar.
QDir used for portable path and file name handling throughout.
The "Monitor", "Decode", "Enable Tx" and, "Tune" buttons are now
checkable.
Being checkable allows these buttons control their own state
and rendering.
Calls to PSK Reporter interface simplified.
In mainwindow.cpp the calls to this interface are
rationalized to just 3 locations.
Manipulation of ALL.TXT simplified.
Moved, where possible, to common functions.
Elevated frequency types to be Qt types.
Frequency and FrequencyDelta defined as Qt types in their
meta-type system (Radio.hpp). They are integral types for
maximum accuracy.
Re-factored rig control calls in mainwindow.cpp.
The new Configuration proxy access to rig control required
many changes (mostly simplifications) to the MainWindow rig
control code. Some common code has been gathered in member
functions like qsy(), monitor(), band_changed() and
auto_tx_mode().
Rig control enhancements.
The rig control for clients interface is declared as an
abstract interface (See Transceiver.hpp). Concrete
implementations of this interface are provided for the Hamlib
rig control library, DX Lab Suite Commander via a TCP/IP
command channel, Ham Radio Deluxe also via a TCP/IP command
channel and, OmniRig via its Windows COM server interface.
Concrete Transceiver implementations are expected to be moved
to a separate thread after construction since many operations
are blocking and not suitable for running in a GUI thread.
To facilitate this all instantiation of concrete Transceiver
instances are handled by Configuration using a factory class
(TransceiverFactory) for configuration parameter based
instantiation.
Various common functionality shared by different rig
interface implementations are factored out into helper base
classes that implement or delegate parts of the Transceiver
interface. They are TransceiverBase which caches state to
minimize expensive rig commands, it also maps the Transceiver
interface into a more convenient form for implementation
(template methods). PollingTransceiver that provides a state
polling mechanism that only reports actual changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver that provides split operation by
QSYing on PTT state changes.
EmulateSplitTransceiver can be used with any implementation
as it follows the GoF Decorator pattern and can wrap any
Transceiver implementation.
OmniRigTransceiver is derived directly from TransceiverBase
since it doesn't require polling due to its asynchronous
nature. OmniRigTransceiver is only built on Windows as it is
a COM server client. To build it you must first install the
OmniRig client on the development machine
(http://www.dxatlas.com/omnirig/).
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver derives from
PollingTransceiver since it is a synchronous communications
channel. No third party library is required for this
interface.
HRDTransceiver also derives from PollingTransceiver. The HRD
interface library has been reverse engineered to provide
functionality with all available versions of HRD. No third
party libraries are required.
HamlibTransceiver likewise derives from PollingTransceiver
since the Hamlib asynchronous interface is non-functional.
Although this class will interface with the release version
of Hamlib (1.2.15.3); for correct operation on most rigs it
needs to run with the latest master branch code of Hamlib.
During development many changes to Hamlib have been submitted
and accepted, hence this requirement. Hamlib source can be
obtained from git://git.code.sf.net/p/hamlib/code and at the
time of writing he master branch was at SHA 6e4432.
The Hamlib interface directly calls the "C" interface and the
modified rigclass.{h,cpp} files have been retired.
There is a rig type selection of "None" which may be used for
non-CAT rigs, this is actually a connection to the dummy
Hamlib device.
PollingTransvceiver derives from TransceiverBase and
TransceiverBase derives from the Transceiver interface.
Each interface implementation offers some possibility of PTT
control via a different serial port than the CAT port. We
also support PTT control directly via a second serial port.
This is done by delegating to a dummy Hamlib instance which
is only used for PTT control. This means that
DXLabSuiteCommanderTransceiver, HRDTransceiver and
OmniRigTransceiver always wrap a dummy HamlibTransceiver
instance. The factory class TransceiverFactory manages all
these constructional complexities.
Serial port selection combo boxes are now editable with a
manually entered value being saved to the settings file.
This allows a non-standard port device to be used without
having to edit the settings file manually.
For TCP/IP network CAT interfaces; the network address and
port may be specified allowing the target device to be
located on a different machine from the one running wsjtx if
required. The default used when the address field is left
blank is the correct one for normal usage on the local host.
Selecting a polling interval of zero is no longer possible,
this is because the rig control capability can no longer
support one way connection. This is in line with most other
CAT control software.
In the Configuration dialog there are options to select split
mode control by the software and mode control by the
software. For the former "None", "Rig" and "Fake it" are
available, for the latter "None", "USB" and, "Data" are
available. Because tone generation is implicitly linked to
split mode operation; it is no longer possible to have the
software in split mode and the rig not or vice versa. This
may mean some rigs cannot be used in split mode and therefore
not in dual JT65+JT9 until issues with CAT control with that
rig are resolved. Single mode with VOX keying and no CAT
control are still possible so even the most basic transceiver
setup is supported as before.
Configuration now supports a frequency offset suitable for
transverter operation. The station details model
(StationList.hpp) includes a column to store an offset for
each band if required.
CMake build script improvements.
The CMakeLists.txt from the 'lib' directory has been retired
with its contents merged into the top level CMakeLists.txt.
Install target support has been greatly improved with the
Release build configuration now building a fully standalone
installation on Mac and Windows. The Debug configuration
still builds an installation that has environment
dependencies for external libraries, which is desirable for
testing and debugging.
Package target support is largely complete for Mac, Windows
and, Linux, it should be possible to build release installers
directly from CMake/CPack.
Cmake FindXXXX.cmake modules have been added to improve the
location of fftw-3 and Hamlib packages.
Version numbers are now stored in Versions.cmake and work in
concert with automatic svn revision lookup during build. The
version string becomes 'rlocal'± if there are any uncommitted
changes in the build source tree.
Moved resource like files to Qt resources.
Because location of resource files (when they cannot go into
the installation directory because of packaging rules) is
hard to standardize. I have used the Qt resource system for
all ancillary data files. Some like kvasd.dat are dumped out
to the temp (working directory) because they are accessed by
an external program, others like the audio samples are copied
out so they appear in the data directory under the default
save directory.
git-svn-id: svn+ssh://svn.code.sf.net/p/wsjt/wsjt/branches/wsjtx@3929 ab8295b8-cf94-4d9e-aec4-7959e3be5d79
2014-03-26 13:21:00 +00:00
</buttongroups>
</ui>
